‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺠﺮاﻣﺮ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﺪك ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﺆال‪ ٣٠ ،‬ﺳﺆال ﻟﻠﺠﺮاﻣﺮ و‪ ١٠‬اﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻬﻢ ﺧﻼل ‪ 30‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ..‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺪك‬
‫‪ ٤٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﺆال‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﻞ اﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﺠﺮاﻣﺮ؟‬

‫راح ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﺔ اﺟﺪا" اﻟﻠﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎر أرﺑﻊ ﺧﻄﻮات 👇‬
‫أ‪ :‬اﻗﺮأ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات‪:‬‬
‫اﺑﺪأ اول ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺑﻘﺮاءة اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﻣﻮ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺴﺆال‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ :‬ﺧﻤﻦ اﻟﺠﺮاﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮاءة اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﺣﺎول ﺗﺨﻤﻦ اﻳﺶ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ او اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫د‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎت دﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻗﺮأ اﻟﺴﺆال وﺣﺪد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻠﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أ‪ :‬اﺳﺘﺒﻌﺪ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﻌﺪ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﻮ زاﺑﻄﺔ او اﻟﻠﻲ اﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﻋﺸﺎن ﺗﻘﻠﻞ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮف ﺷﺮح ﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﺔ اﺟﺪا ﺑﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ اﻛﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ دا اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫وﻫﺬي اﻫﻢ اﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ اﻟﻠﻲ راح ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﺑﻘﻮة ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺠﺮاﻣﺮ 🙅‬
‫اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺆال ﻓﻲ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ اﻻﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫رﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎوب ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻔﻆ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻴﺐ ﺳﺆال ﻓﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺪون ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺆال‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫وﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻠﻚ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺗﺸﻮف ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﺸﺎن ﺗﻌﺮف ﻟﻴﺶ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺑﻂ ﻫﺬي‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ اﻟﺼﺢ‪.‬‬

‫وأﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ اﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﺗﺨﺘﻢ اﻟﺴﺘﻴﺐ وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻃﻤﻮﺣﻚ 💛‬

‫ﻋ ﺒ ﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺣ ﺠ ﺎز ي‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس‬
‫اﻟﻔ ﻬ ﺮ س ﻗ ﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻠ ﻨ ﻘ ﺮ ﻟﻼ ﻧﺘ ﻘ ﺎ ل اﻟﺴ ﺮ ﻳﻊ‬

‫رﻗﻢ‬
‫‪Grammar Category‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫‪Comparison‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﻘ ﺎ رﻧﺎ ت‬
‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪Un/Countable Nouns‬‬ ‫اﻷ ﺳ ﻤ ﺎ ء اﻟﻤ ﻌ ﺪ و د ة ‪ /‬ﻏ ﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻤ ﻌ ﺪ و د ة‬
‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪Prepositions‬‬ ‫ﺣ ﺮ و ف اﻟ ﺠ ﺮ‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪Modal Auxiliaries‬‬ ‫اﻷ ﻓ ﻌ ﺎ ل اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺎ ﻋ ﺪ ة‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪Present Simple‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﻀ ﺎ رع اﻟﺒ ﺴ ﻴ ﻂ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪Present Perfect‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﻀ ﺎ رع اﻟﺘ ﺎ م‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪Present Continuous‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﻀ ﺎ رع اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﻤ ﺮ‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪Past Simple‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺿ ﻲ اﻟﺒ ﺴ ﻴ ﻂ‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪Past Continuous‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺿ ﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﻤ ﺮ‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪Past Perfect‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺿ ﻲ اﻟﺘ ﺎ م‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪Future Simple‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﻘ ﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺒ ﺴ ﻴ ﻂ‬
‫‪٤٨‬‬ ‫‪Gerund or Infinitive‬‬ ‫ﺻ ﻴ ﻐ ﺔ اﻟﻔ ﻌ ﻞ و ﺻ ﻴ ﻐ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺪ ر‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫‪Passive Voice‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺒ ﻨ ﻲ ﻟﻠ ﻤ ﺠ ﻬ ﻮ ل‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫‪Pronouns‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀ ﻤ ﺎ ﺋﺮ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪If Clauses‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪IF‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫‪Conjunctions‬‬ ‫ﺣ ﺮ و ف اﻟ ﻌ ﻄ ﻒ‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫‪Writing analysis‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻞ اﻟﻜ ﺘ ﺎ ﺑﻲ‬
‫‪٧٢‬‬ ‫‪Practice Test 1‬‬ ‫اﺧ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎ ر ﺗ ﺠ ﺮ ﻳ ﺒ ﻲ ‪١‬‬
‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪Practice Test 2‬‬ ‫اﺧ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎ ر ﺗ ﺠ ﺮ ﻳ ﺒ ﻲ ‪٢‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
Comparison
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: Makkah is ______ than Taif.

A. as hot
B. hot
C. hotter
D. the hottest

Q2: The last exam was ______ than the first one.
A. the easiest
B. easier
C. as easy
D. easy

Q3: Russia is ______ than Canada.

A. as big
B. the biggest
C. more big
D. bigger

Q4: Ahmad is ______ than Khalid.

A. faster
B. the fastest
C. more fast
D. as fast as

Q5: My mark is ______ than yours.

A. higher
B. more higher
C. high
D. most high

🙌
4
Keep it up
Q6: Barcelona is the ______ team in the world.
A. greater
B. more great
C. greatest
D. as great

Q7: All the students study hard, but one of them studies ______ of all.
A. hardly
B. the hardest
C. as hard
D. harder

Q8: Ayesha is ______ in English among all students.

A. strong
B. as strong
C. the strongest
D. stronger

Q9: Climbing up the mountain was ______ challenge in my life.

A. the biggest
B. bigger
C. big
D. the bigger

Q10: London is ______ city I have ever visited

A. beautiful
B. more beautiful
C. the most beautiful
D. as beautiful

5
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪C :١‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن وﺟﻮد ‪ than‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻻن ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪adjective+ er+ than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻘﻮل إن ﻣﻜﺔ أﺷﺪ ﺣﺮارة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ‪ .‬واﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ hot‬وﻟﻤﺎ ﺿﻔﻨﺎ اﻟـ ‪ er‬ﻛﺮرﻧﺎ ﺣﺮف اﻟـ ‪ t‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪) cvc‬ﺣﺮف ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﻦ( وﺿﻔﻨﺎ اﻟـ ‪.er‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ اﻗﻮل اﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺑﻤﻜﺔ ﺣﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫زي اﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺣﺎﺟﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ وﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﻀﻊ ‪The+ adjective+ est‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ او ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪B :٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن وﺟﻮد ‪ than‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻻن ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪adjective + er + than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﺒﺎرﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻮل اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر دا اﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬واﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ easy :‬وﻻن ﺣﺮف اﻟـ ‪y‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺣﺮف ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﻨﺤﺬف ﺣﺮف اﻟـ ‪ y‬وﻧﻀﻴﻒ ‪.ier‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺷﻲء واﺣﺪ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬او اﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ C‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎرﻳﻦ ﺳﻬﻠﻴﻦ زي ﺑﻌﺾ‪،‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫واﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ than‬ﻣﻮ ‪.as‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻن ‪ easy‬ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺷﻲء واﺣﺪ وﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ او ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن وﺟﻮد ‪ than‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻻن ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ إذا ﻗﺎرﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪adjective + er + than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﻳﻦ )روﺳﻴﺎ اﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪا(‪ .‬واﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ big‬وﻟﻤﺎ ﺿﻔﻨﺎ اﻟـ ‪ er‬ﻛﺮرﻧﺎ ﺣﺮف‬
‫اﻟـ ‪ g‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪) cvc‬ﺣﺮف ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﻦ( وﺿﻔﻨﺎ اﻟـ ‪.er‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ C‬ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ more‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ واﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن روﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻜﻨﺪا ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن روﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺪول‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ روﺳﻴﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة زي ﻛﻨﺪا ودا ﻣﻮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﺢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪than‬ﻣﻮ ‪.as‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س‪A :٤‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن وﺟﻮد ‪ than‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻻن ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم )‪،(adjective + er + than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ اﺣﻤﺪ وﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )اﺣﻤﺪ أﺳﺮع ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ( واﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ fast‬ﻓﻀﻔﻨﺎ اﻟـ ‪.er‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻن ‪ the fastest‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن اﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص ﻣﻮ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ واﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ C‬ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ more‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ واﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﺣﻤﺪ وﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ودا ﻣﻮ ﺻﺢ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﺒﻪ اﻧﻪ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻮ ‪ than‬ﻣﺶ ‪.as‬‬

‫س ‪A :٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن وﺟﻮد ‪ than‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻻن ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪، adjective + er + than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ درﺟﺘﻲ ودرﺟﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ اﺧﺮ )درﺟﺘﻲ اﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺘﻚ( واﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ high‬ﻓﻀﻔﻨﺎ اﻟـ ‪er‬‬
‫وﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ‪.than‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ more‬اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ واﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ C‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺮد ﺻﻔﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ او ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ‪ most‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲء‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪C :٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ووﺟﻮد ‪ the‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻷن ‪ the greatest‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ وﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ان ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺷﻠﻮﻧﺔ اﻻﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﺎرﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺷﻠﻮﻧﺔ وﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺮق اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ the greater‬ﺑﺲ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ greater than‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ more‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ واﺣﺪ وﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ واﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﺷﻠﻮﻧﺔ زي ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮق‬

‫س ‪B :7‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ of all‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮف أﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﻷن ‪ the hardest‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ وﻫﻨﺎ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻳﻘﻮل ان ﻛﻞ اﻟﻄﻼب ﻳﻜﺮﻓﻮ ﻟﻜﻦ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺮف اﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ C‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻄﻼب ﻳﻜﺮﻓﻮ زي ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﻃﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﺎرن واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻷن ‪ hardly‬ﻇﺮف و ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ) ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎد (‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫س ‪C :8‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ all students‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال‪،‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮف أﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﻷن ‪ the strongest‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ وﻫﻨﺎ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻳﻘﻮل ان ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ اﻻﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻄﻼب ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻن اذا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ stronger‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ‪than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ زي ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻄﻼب ودا‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﺻﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻن ‪ strong‬ﺻﻔﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ او ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :9‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ in my life‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال‪،‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮف أﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﻷن ‪ the biggest‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ وﻫﻨﺎ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻳﻘﻮل ﺗﺴﻠﻖ اﻟﺠﺒﻞ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ أﻛﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎت‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻن اذا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ bigger‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ‪ than‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ اﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺎرن ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻋﺸﻨﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ C‬ﻻن ‪ big‬ﺻﻔﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ او ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ the bigger‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ bigger than‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :١ 0‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ "زرﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻲ" ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮف‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫أﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﻷن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ )ﻟﻨﺪن أﺟﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺪن اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرﺗﻬﺎ(‪ .‬واﻟﺼﻔﺔ ‪ beautiful‬ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪The+most+adjective‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ D‬ﻻن ‪ as+ adjective+ as‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻨﺪن ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ زي ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮ اﻷﺟﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻻن ‪ more beautiful‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ‪than‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻن ‪ beautiful‬ﺻﻔﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ او ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Un/Counable
‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة‬Nouns
/‫اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: I want to start _____ company when I grow up.

A. a
B. an
C. the
D. no article

Q2: Do you want ______ rice?

A. a
B. an
C. the
D. no article

Q3: Students from our university went on a trip to ______ Red Sea.
A. the
B. no article
C. a
D. an

Q4: Do you know Mohammad? Yes, he is ______ good person.

A. the
B. no article
C. a
D. an

Q5: Salah had some extra exercise books so he gave Sammy _____ book to use.
A. a
B. no article
C. the
D. an

9
Q6: There was ______ traffic .
A. many
B. much
C. some
D. few

Q7: There is ______ orange juice in the bottle.

A. few
B. any
C. many
D. some

Q8: Fathers don’t have ______ time for children.

A. a lot
B. much
C. pretty
D. many

Q9: The research was easy. As a result, only ______ students have questions.
A. much
B. a few
C. a lot
D. little

Q10: I have ______ of money.

A. a lot
B. a many
C. much
D. many

🙌
10
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬

‫س ‪A :١‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ أداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ "‪ "a‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺮدة اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺤﺪدة‪ ،‬وﻻن ‪ company‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮدة ﺗﺒﺪأ ﺑﺤﺮف ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ "‪ "The company‬ﻻن اداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ the‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻻﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﻓﺔ أو اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرة ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﺪا‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل وﺿﻌﻨﺎ اداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ The‬ﻷن ذﻛﺮﻧﺎ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ أداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ an‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺮف اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك زي‪an umbrella‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﻨﻀﻴﻒ أي أداة ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻻن اﻻﺳﻢ "‪ "rice‬اﻷرز ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﻨﻀﻴﻒ ‪an, a‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ the‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﻓﺔ واﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرة ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﺪا‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ "‪ "The‬ﻻن اداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ the‬ﺗﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺎت واﻟﺒﺤﺎر واﻷﻧﻬﺎر زي ‪The Red Sea‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻣﺎ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ a/an‬ﻻﻧﻬﻢ اداة ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬

‫وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة‪ ،‬وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ river‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺪود‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٤‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ أداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ "‪ "a‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺮدة اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل "اﻧﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪ" وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ the‬ﻻن ﻣﻮ ﻣﺤﺪد ﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻧﺘﺤﺪث ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ B‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ person‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٥‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ أداة اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ "‪ "a‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺮدة اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﻮ ﻣﺤﺪدة وﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ book‬ﺗﺒﺪأ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮف ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ an‬ﻻن ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﺮف ﻣﺘﺤﺮك وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ the‬ﻻن اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﻣﻮ ﻣﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٦‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ "‪ "some‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺠﻤﻊ واﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺪ واﻟﺘﺮاﻓﻴﻚ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻌﺪود ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺰﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ‪ much‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﺆال واﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ many/ few‬ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺠﻤﻊ وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ traffic‬ﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪودة‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٧‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ "‪ " some‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة وﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﺼﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎل ﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻌﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ any‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻔﻲ أو اﻟﺴﺆال وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم "‪"many‬ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة )اﻟﺠﻤﻊ( ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم "‪ "few‬ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﺪودة اﻟﺠﻤﻊ‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫س ‪B :٨‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ "‪ " much‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺪ وﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻌﺪود‪ ،‬وﺑﺘﻴﺠﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺆال واﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ many‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺪود‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ a lot‬ﻷن ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪.of‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪B :٩‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ "‪ "a few‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ زي‪ ،some‬وﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﻤﻞ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ much/ little‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻌﺪود‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ a lot‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪.of‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :١ 0‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ "‪ "a lot‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪ of‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ many‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺪود )اﻟﺠﻤﻊ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ a many‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﻧﺤﻮي‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ much‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻔﻲ واﻟﺴﺆال ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم‪ ،‬وﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ‪.of‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Prepositions
‫ﺣﺮوف اﻟﺠﺮ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: I usually go ______ the mall for shopping

A. to
B. at
C. in
D. for

Q2: My father was born ______ June 22, 1988.

A. to
B. at
C. on
D. for

Q3: My Family has lived here ______ last March.

A. since
B. for
C. in
D. by

Q4: The deer was killed ______ the lion.

A. from
B. by
C. in
D. for

Q5: Sometimes Ahmad goes to school ______ bus.

A. to
B. in
C. by
D. for

13
Q6: My father died ______ June.
A. on
B. at
C. in
D. for

Q7: Tom has lived in this town ______ three years.

A. for
B. since
C. in
D. at

Q8: I am interested ______ playing football.

A. in
B. by
C. for
D. is

Q9: What are you doing ______ home?

A. in
B. at
C. to
D. on

Q10: Khalid always gets up ______ 6 o’clock in the morning.

A. in
B. for
C. at
D. on

🙌
14
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪A :١‬‬
‫داﻳﻤﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ "‪ "go‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ "‪ "to‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٢‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ "‪ "on‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﻳﺎم ‪ on Sunday‬او ‪ on June 22nd‬ﻻن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 22‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻳﻮم‪ ،‬و‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ in‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺸﻬﻮر ‪in June‬‬
‫‪ at‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ for‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ“ ﻷﺟﻞ”‪ :‬اﻟﻬﺪف‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ to‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ“ إﻟﻰ”‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ "‪ "since‬ﻻن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ‪ُ“ since‬ﻣﻨﺬ” وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺪث‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪since‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﻔﺘﺮة اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﺘﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺪث ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪاﻳﺘﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻵن‪.‬‬
‫وداﻳﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم واﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ .‬واﻟﻤﺜﺎل دا ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺪث ﻫﻲ‬
‫"‪"last March‬‬

‫س ‪B :٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ‪“ by‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ او ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ أو ﻣﻦ ِﻗَﺒﻞ” وﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ " ﻣﺎﺗﺖ اﻟﻐﺰاﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻻﺳﺪ"‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ in‬ﻻن ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ و‪ from‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ و‪ for‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻻﺟﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ by‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻼت وﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ “ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ او ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ” ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ " اﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺬﻫﺐ اﺣﻤﺪ اﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺎص"‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ‪ in‬ﻻن ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ و‪ for‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻻﺟﻞ و‪ to‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "ﻟﻜﻲ"‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٦‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪ in‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺸﻬﻮر ﻧﻘﻮل " ‪ "in June‬و "‪ "on‬ﻣﻊ اﻻﻳﺎم ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﻘﻮل "‪"on June 22nd‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ at‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺒﻞ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺑﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ for‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ“ ﻻﺟﻞ”‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ to‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ“ اﻟﻲ”‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪A :٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪+ for‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺪة اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪for six years, for a week, for a month, for hours, for two hours‬‬

‫س ‪A :٨‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم اداة اﻟﺠﺮ ‪ in‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ interested‬ﻓﺪاﻳﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ interested in‬ﻣﻮ ‪interested for /by‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫س ‪B :٩‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪ at‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن أو وﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺪد‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪I will go to bed at 8 o'clock.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ Omar will be waiting for me at school.‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﻋﻤﺮ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ" وﻫﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ”‪ "in the school‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻜﻮن "ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺪرﺳﺔ"‬

‫س‪C :١٠‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ at‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ وﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺪد أو ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪I arrived home at midnight. See you at‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪dinner.‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Modal Auxiliaries
‫اﻷﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: ______ I borrow your pen, please?

A. Would
B. Can
C. Should
D. Must

Q2: Ali can ______ a car easily.

A. driving
B. ride
C. riding
D. drive

Q3: Look! Ahmad is in a lot of pain. We ______ call the emergency.

A. will have
B. would have
C. must
D. could

Q4: Saud ______ be a rich man to buy such an expensive car.

A. have
B. must
C. might
D. could

Q5: Eating ice cream is bad for my teeth. I ______ eat ice cream any more.
A. must
B. don’t have
C. may
D. shouldn’t

17
Q6: He should ______ vegetables.
A. eating
B. eat
C. ate
D. eaten

Q7: ______ you meet us at the airport tonight?

A. Ought
B. May
C. Couldn’t
D. Have

Q8: Excuse me, could you ______ me the direction.

A. showed
B. showing
C. to show
D. show

Q9: Ayesha wasn’t able to come to yesterday’s meeting. She ______ take her mother to
the dentist.
A. could
B. must to
C. had to
D. would

Q10: She worked hard yesterday and ______ finish everything.

A. could
B. can
C. let
D. was able to

🙌
18
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﻫﻨﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ can‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﻠﻮب ﻏﻴﺮ رﺳﻤﻲ زي ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ should‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء اﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ would‬ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ ‪ must‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻻزم اﺳﻮي ﺷﻲء‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٢‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ drive‬ﻻﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﺟﺎء ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ can‬وﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻن ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﺧﻄﺎ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻻﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻠﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑـ ‪ ing‬ﻏﻠﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ ride‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ دراﺟﺔ ﻣﻮ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎرة‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٣‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ must‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻟﺰاﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "اﻧﻈﺮ اﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﺘﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺮة وﻻزم ﻧﻜﻠﻢ اﻟﻄﻮارئ"‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻜﻠﻢ اﻟﻄﻮارئ‪ .‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ‪ must‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻗﻮى ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‬
‫واﻷﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ‪ will have /would have‬ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ واﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪B :٤‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ must‬ﻻن ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎج ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل "أﻛﻴﺪ اﻧﻪ ﻏﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻪ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺮي ﺳﻴﺎرة ﺛﻤﻴﻨﺔ اﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻏﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ .must‬وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ might and could‬ﻻﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻟﻮا ﻋﻠﻲ اﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ واﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪have‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺎس ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻴﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻔﺮد‪ ،‬وﻛﻤﺎن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ be‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر واﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﻴﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪have‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪D :٥‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ shouldn’t‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻻ اﻛﻞ اﻻﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﻻﻧﻪ ﻳﻀﺮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻨﺎن‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ may/ must‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺎرﻧﺎ ‪ don’t have‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ‪to‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪B :6‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ eat‬ﻻن ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ should‬ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر اﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫او ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‬

‫س‪C :7‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ Couldn't‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﻬﺬب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﺴﺆال ﻣﻌﻨﺎه "ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻄﺎر اﻟﻴﻮم؟"‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ ought‬ﻷن ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﺮف ﺟﺮ ‪to‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ have‬ﻷﻧﻪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪ ،‬اﻣﺎ ‪ have‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎج ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ may‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ may you‬ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺎء ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ”‪“May you live a long life.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫س‪D :8‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ show‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ could‬وﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر اﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ او ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‬

‫س‪C :9‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ had to‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺠﺒﺮة )اﻹﻟﺰاﻣﻴﺔ( ﻷن ‪ had to‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ‪ ،must‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﻀﻮر اﺟﺘﻤﺎع اﻣﺲ ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻻزم ﺗﺎﺧﺪ واﻟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﻨﺎن‪ " .‬وﻣﺎ‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ﻻﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻻﻟﺰام واﻟﻀﺮورة‬

‫س‪D :١0‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ was able to‬وﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ " اﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﻓﺖ اﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻗﺪرت ﺗﺴﻮي ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم" واﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ was able to‬ﻣﻮ ‪ could‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ إﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﻤﻬﺎم‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ ‪ could‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮل أﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻬﻢ ﺑﺲ ﻣﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮورة ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Present Simple
‫اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: I usually ______ to university

A. driving
B. drives
C. is driving
D. drive

Q2: Go and ______ that here.

A. bringing
B. to bring
C. bring
D. brings

Q3: It’s a new scholastic year. Students ______ their classes.

A. attend
B. attended
C. has attended
D. attends

Q4: I usually visit king Saud library and I ______ there.

A. has studied
B. studying
C. studied
D. study

Q5: Maryam regularly ______ her class.

A. has attend
B. attends
C. is attending
D. had attend

21
Q6: ______ you play many sports?
A. Have
B. Has
C. Are
D. Do

Q7: My mother ______ eggs for breakfast every morning.

A. fries
B. frys
C. fry
D. fried

Q8: There is noise outside. ______ that?

A. Do you hear
B. you are hearing
C. are you hearing
D. you hearing

Q9: I ______ new clothes for winter.

A. having
B. have
C. has been
D. has

Q10: Does Ali ______ that the final exam is tomorrow.

A. known
B. knowing
C. know
D. is knowing

🙌
22
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪D :١‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ usually‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ drive‬ﻷن اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I,we,you,they‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﺪ ‪ s‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫س ‪C :٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ان ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ اﻷﻣﺮ "‪ "Imperative Sentence‬واﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻷﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺪر زي ‪Stand up ,open your book, slow down ,etc…..‬‬
‫وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ and‬ﻻزم اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﻴﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ان زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ وﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎدة "‪ "habit‬اﻟﻄﻼب ﻳﺤﻀﺮوا ﻓﺼﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺷﻲء‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮه ﺑﺸﻜﻞ اﻋﺘﻴﺎدي ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ attend‬ﻣﻮ ‪ attends‬ﻻن ‪ students‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﻻ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ‪ s‬ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪D :4‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "usually‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪study‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻻﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ‪ I‬ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ‪ s‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ وﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪.‬‬

‫س ‪B :5‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "regularly‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ attends‬ﻻن اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ he,she,it‬ﺗﺎﺧﺪ ‪ s‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫س ‪D :6‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎدة ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻻﺳﻠﻮب اﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺎرع‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ وﻫﻮ ?‪Do/Does+ subject + verb (infinitive)….‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت دﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ او اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ أو أي زﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم اﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬واﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺤﺪد ﻫﻮ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ‪.‬‬

‫س‪A :7‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "every‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ fries‬ﻻن اﻻﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ she,he,it‬ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪s, es,or ies‬‬
‫وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ frys‬ﻻن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺤﺮف اﻟـ‪ y‬وﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺮف ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻨﺤﺬف ﺣﺮف اﻟـ‪ y‬وﻧﻀﻴﻒ ‪ies‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪A :8‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ hear‬ﻣﻦ اﻟـ ‪ stative verbs‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻮاس وﻫﺬي اﻻﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ ing‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ I am hating you / I am understanding you‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪Do you‬‬
‫‪ hear that‬وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ing‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫س‪B :9‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﻴﻂ وﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ has/have‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ have‬ﻻﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I/we/you/they‬وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ having‬ﻻن ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ‪ am/is/are‬او ‪ has been‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم‬

‫س‪C :١0‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﺠﻮاب ‪ know‬ﻋﺸﺎن وﺟﻮد ‪ Does‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺆال واﻟﻠﻲ ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Present Perfect
‫اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: I ______ here since 7:00 o’clock.

A. have been
B. were
C. had been
D. has been

Q2: I ______lost my pen. Where can I find another one before the exam?
A. has
B. am
C. have
D. is

Q3: I ______ my friend since I was 10 years old.

A. know
B. have known
C. known
D. knowing

Q4: Has Ali visited the USA? - No, he ______

A. has
B. have not
C. has not
D. have

Q5: ______ him lately?

A. Did you see
B. Have you seen
C. Do you see
D. Had you seen

25
Q6: Ahmad is in holiday. He ______ to London.
A. have gone
B. is go
C. has gone
D. has go

Q7: I haven't ______ Saud since he was on holiday.

A. met
B. meets
C. meet
D. meeting

Q8: Has it ______ raining yet?

A. stop
B. stopped
C. stopping
D. stops

Q9: She ______ just finished her work.

A. are
B. is
C. have
D. has

Q10: Have you sent that letter to Mr. John? Yes, I've ______ done that.
A. still
B. now
C. yet
D. already

🙌
26
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪A :١‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "since‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻰ ﺷﻲء ﺻﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ أو‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻮم أو ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ أو ﺷﻬﺮ وﻟﺴﻪ أﺛﺮه وﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻟﺪﺣﻴﻦ‪ .‬واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪Subject+has/have + v (past‬‬
‫)‪participle‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ have‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I/we/you/they‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ has‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪he/she/it‬‬

‫س ‪C :2‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻟﺴﺎ ﻗﻠﻤﻲ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻟﺴﻪ ﺑﺪور ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن اﺷﺘﺮي ﻣﻨﻪ واﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أﺛﺮ اﻟﻀﻴﺎع ﻣﺎ زال ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‪ ..‬واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﺘﻜﻮن)‪Subject+has/have + v (past participle‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ have‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I/we/you/they‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ has‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪he/she/it‬‬

‫س ‪B :3‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "since‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﺸﻲء ﺻﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ أو ﻳﻮم‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫أو ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ أو ﺷﻬﺮ أو ﺳﻨﻮات وﻟﺴﻪ أﺛﺮه وﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻟﺪﺣﻴﻦ‪ .‬واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪Subject+has/have‬‬
‫)‪+ v (past participle‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ have‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I/we/you/they‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ has‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪he/she/it‬‬

‫س ‪C :4‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم ‪ has visited‬ﻓﻼزم اﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮة ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ ،have /has‬وﻷن اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪ he‬ﻳﺎﺧﺬ ‪ ،has‬وﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻨﻀﻴﻒ ‪not‬‬

‫س ‪B :5‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "lately‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﺸﻲء ﺻﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ أو ﻳﻮم‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫أو ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ أو ﺷﻬﺮ وﻟﺴﻪ أﺛﺮه وﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻟﺪﺣﻴﻦ‪ .‬واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪Subject+has/have + v (past‬‬
‫)‪participle‬‬

‫س ‪C :٦‬‬
‫ﻫﺬي اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﺸﻲء ﺻﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ أو ﻳﻮم أو ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ أو ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻟﺴﻪ أﺛﺮه وﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻟﺪﺣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ان "اﺣﻤﺪ ذﻫﺐ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺪن وﻣﺎ رﺟﻊ ﻟﺪﺣﻴﻦ" وﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ "‪ "Ahmed has been to London‬اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ان اﺣﻤﺪ ذﻫﺐ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺪن وﻋﺎد‬

‫س‪A :٧‬‬
‫ﻷن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ haven’t‬ﻳﺎﺧﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ meet‬ﻫﻲ ‪ ،met‬واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﺘﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)‪Subject+has/have + v (past participle‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫س‪B :٨‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ has‬ﻻزم ﻳﺎﺧﺬ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ واﻟﻠﻲ ﻫﻲ ‪.stopped‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﺘﻜﻮن)‪Subject+has/have + v (past participle‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ have‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I/we/you/they‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ has‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪he/she/it‬‬

‫س‪D :٩‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "just‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﺸﻲء ﺻﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ أو ﻳﻮم أو‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻦ أو ﺷﻬﺮ وﻟﺴﻪ أﺛﺮه وﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻟﺪﺣﻴﻦ‪ .‬واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪Subject+has/have + v (past‬‬
‫)‪participle‬‬
‫وﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ have‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I/we/you/they‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ has‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪he/she/it‬‬

‫س‪D :١٠‬‬
‫ﻻن اﺟﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ already‬وﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ اﻧﻪ ﺳﻮى اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "أرﺳﻠﺖ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻲ ﺟﻮن؟ أﻳﻮة‪ ،‬ارﺳﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ"‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ still or now‬ﻻﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻟﻮن ﻋﻠﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻮ اﻟﺘﺎم‪ .‬وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ yet‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻔﻲ زي "‪ "I haven't sent the letter yet‬وﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﺴﻪ ﻣﺎ أرﺳﻠﺖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ"‪ ،‬و ‪ yet‬داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ أو اﻟﺴﺆال‪.‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Present Continous
‫اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: Saud ______ basketball now because he wants to be a famous player.

A. are playing
B. is playing
C. plays
D. played

Q2: How about ______ to the theater this Monday?

A. gone
B. go
C. went
D. going

Q3: Sami ______ football these days.

A. is not playing
B. is not played
C. is play
D. don't play

Q4: Our boss ______ important employees.

A. is meeting
B. met
C. is meet
D. meet

Q5: This month, I ______ hard for a big exam.

A. works
B. to work
C. am working
D. worked

29
Q6: Maryam is learning English. So, she ______ to find a tutor.
A. is trying
B. tried
C. tries
D. Try

Q7: A well-known athlete ______ in the park right now.

A. exercising
B. exercises
C. is exercising
D. exercised

Q8: I _____ my dinner right now.

A. eat
B. eating
C. am eating
D. is eating

Q9: Wendy is ______ Paul to get up now.

A. saying
B. said
C. telling
D. telling to

Q10: Look at Ahmad. He ______

A. studied
B. studies
C. study
D. is studying

🙌
30
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "now‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪am/is/are + verb + ing‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ Played‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ زﻣﻦ ﻣﺎض ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ about‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ اﺳﻢ‪ ،‬وﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻜﻮن اﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻓﻌﺎل‪ ،‬ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ‪ ،ing‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬي اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻻﻗﺘﺮاح‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮة او ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ راي ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ﻻن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻮ ﺑـ ‪ing‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "these days‬واﻟﻠﻲ ﺗﺪل‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ان اﻟﺤﺪث ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬي اﻻﻳﺎم وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻃﺒﻘﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪am/is/are +‬‬
‫‪verb+ ing‬‬

‫س ‪A :٤‬‬
‫ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬي اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻻﻧﻪ ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪث ﻳﺼﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫دﺣﻴﻦ و ‪ is meet.‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻧﺤﻮي‪.‬‬

‫س ‪C :٥‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "This month‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ am/is/are + verb + ing‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "اﻛﺮف دا اﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻋﺸﺎن اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر"‬

‫س ‪A :٦‬‬
‫اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ‪ is learning‬وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﻟﺤﺪﺛﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻴﺮو ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ tries‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮوﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫واﻟﻌﺎدات وﻣﺎ ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪث ﻳﺼﻴﺮ دﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ tried‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬و‪ try‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪I/we/you/they‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪C :٧‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "now‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪am/is/are + verb + ing‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ exercising‬ﻻن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ is‬ﻣﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪C :٨‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "now‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﺘﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪am/is/are + verb + ing‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫س‪C :٩‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ‪ telling‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺟﺎء ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ وﻫﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪي )ﻳﺎﺧﺪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ( وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ saying‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺎﺧﺬ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ telling to‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ وﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰي‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪D :١٠‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ "‪ "Present Continuous‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "Look‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ am/is/are + verb + ing‬واﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪he/she/it‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺧﺪ ‪is‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ studied‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ و‪ studies‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Past Simple
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

3 ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ 1 ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: Ahmad ______ eat ٢last night because he wasn't hungry.

A. don't
B. didn't
C. isn't
D. doesn't

Q2: The windows ______ broken yesterday.

A. were
B. was
C. are
D. is

Q3: Ahmad was thirsty after exercising, so he ______ a bottle of water.

A. drank
B. is drinking
C. drinks
D. was drinking

Q4: I ______ my job two days ago.

A. am losing
B. lose
C. lost
D. am lost

Q5: I didn’t ______ on holiday last summer.

A. went
B. going
C. have gone
D. go

33
Q6: They ______ in Madina yesterday.
A. arrive
B. are arrived
C. arrived
D. arriving

Q7: Last year, Maryam ______ her book novel.

A. have published
B. published
C. has published
D. publishing

Q8: We ______ dinner at an Italian restaurant last night.

A. having
B. have had
C. did have
D. had

Q9: ______ three Khalids in my French class last year.

A. There had been
B. There were
C. There was
D. There have been

Q10: ______ they go to Emman’s party yesterday?

A. Did
B. Does
C. Were
D. Do

🙌
34
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ last‬ﻓﺎن زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ did not‬ﻣﻮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع‪.‬‬

‫س ‪A :٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ yesterday‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ .‬وﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ windows‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ were‬ﻣﻮ ‪(he/she/it +was - we/you/they +were) was‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ was‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ ‪or drank‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ was drinking‬ﺑﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ was drinking‬ﻻﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺤﺪث ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪،‬‬
‫وﺷﺮب ﻗﻴﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬وﻛﻤﺎن ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺻﻒ أﺣﺪاث‬
‫ﺻﺎرت ﻣﻌﻨﺎ وﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪C :٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ago‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ lose‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻴﻜﻮن ‪lost‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ am lost‬ﻻن اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ وﺣﺘﻜﻮن "اﻧﺎ ﺿﺎﺋﻊ"! وﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ‪ ،am‬و‪ lost‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪D :٥‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ last‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﻲ وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﺤﺘﻜﻮن ‪ did not+ verb infinitive‬واﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫”‪“go‬‬

‫س ‪C :٦‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ yesterday‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ arrive‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪ arrived‬ﻻن ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻻﻓﻌﺎل ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع‪ ،‬و ‪ arriving‬ﺑﺪون ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن اﺳﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬

‫س‪B :٧‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Last‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪publish‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ‪published‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ has published‬ﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ yesterday‬ﻣﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم‬
‫وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ publishing‬ﺑﺪون اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﺘﺼﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫س‪D :٨‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ last‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ have‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﺸﺎذة ‪had‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ have had‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم وﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫س‪B :٩‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ last‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ واﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ Three Kalids‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ There were‬ﻣﻮ ‪ There was‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "ﻛﺎن ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 3‬ﻃﻼب ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ"‬

‫س‪A :١٠‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ yesterday‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ وﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ اﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻧﻌﻢ او ﻻ ‪ ،‬إذا ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ Did‬ﻣﻮ ‪ .Were‬ﻛﺎن ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Were‬اذا ﻛﺎن ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫?‪Were they at Emman's party yesterday‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Past Continous
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: We ______ football when Ali fell down.

A. was playing
B. were playing
C. are playing
D. played

Q2: What were you doing at 9 o'clock?

A. I am reading.
B. I read a book.
C. I have read a book.
D. I was reading a book.

Q3: My brother and sister ______ playing cards at 12 AM yesterday.

A. are
B. was
C. were
D. is

Q4: ______ you still working when you slept last night?
A. Were
B. Are
C. Was
D. Is

Q5: In the morning today, I ______ driving to work when I saw an accident.
A. am
B. was
C. were
D. is

Q6: We ______ sleeping when the robber came.

A. was
B. don’t
C. weren’t
D. are

37
Q7: Why ______ he having lunch at 4pm?
A. was
B. does
C. were
D. do

Q8: Was he ______ his homework when you went home?

A. doing
B. do
C. done
D. does

Q9: Snow ______ lightly. Suddenly a reindeer appeared.

A. fall
B. was falling
C. is falling
D. were fall

Q10: They ______ TV when I arrived.

A. were watching
B. were watched
C. watched
D. have watched

🙌
38
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬

‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ وﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "when‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ .‬وﻻن زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ Past Continuous Tense‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪث ﻋﻦ اﻓﻌﺎل واﺣﺪاث اﺳﺘﻤﺮو ﻟﻔﺘﺮة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻮل "ﺳﻘﻂ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮة اﻟﻘﺪم" واﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮارﻳﺔ ﺻﺎرت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻻول ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)اﻟﻠﻌﺐ( ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ ،subject + was/were +verb + ing‬واﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ were‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ) ‪ ( we, they, you‬واﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (was‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﺮد ) ‪( he, she, it,I‬‬
‫وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ when‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪past continuous+when+ past simple‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٢‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻫﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ Past Continuous Tense‬ﻟﻮﺟﻮد "‪ "were you doing‬وﻻن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻮاب ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ I was reading a book‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮن اﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارﻳﺔ‬
‫"ﻛﻨﺖ اﻗﺮأ ﻛﺘﺎب"‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ "‪ "I am reading‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع واﻟﺴﺆال ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٣‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ yesterday‬ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ واﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ were‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ وﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ )اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ Were‬ﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ) ‪ ( we, they, you‬و "‪ "My brother and sister‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪they‬‬

‫س ‪A :٤‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ last night‬ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ‪ when you slept‬ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﻪ ﻛﺎن ﻟﺴﻪ ﺑﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﺎم‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ were‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ) ‪we,‬‬
‫‪(they, you‬‬

‫س ‪B :٥‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ was‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﺮد ) ‪ ( she,he,it ,I‬و ﻻن زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎض ﻟﻮﺟﻮد‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "In the morning‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪل ﻋﻠﻲ اﺣﺪاث ﺻﺎرت ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﺒﺎح‪ ،‬ودا ﻳﺪل اﻧﻪ اﺣﻨﺎ دﺣﻴﻦ إﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻈﻬﺮ أو ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ am/is‬ﻻﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٦‬‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ came‬ﻳﺪل أن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ أﺣﺪ ازﻣﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬وﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ when‬ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ اﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬وﻷﻧﻪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﺑﻴﺎﺧﺪ ‪ ing‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻻزم ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ ،was/weren’t‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ weren’t‬ﻷن اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪.we‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
‫س‪A :٧‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ having‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ was‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﺮد ) ‪( he, she, it,I‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ does‬ﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻮ اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ واﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ does‬ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫زي"‪" " why does he have‬‬

‫س‪A :٨‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎم ‪ Was‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ doing‬ﻻن ‪was‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ ing +‬ﻣﺜﺎل ‪I was eating/ She was sleeping‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ ing‬ﺑﺪون ‪ verb to be‬ﺑﻨﺴﻤﻴﻪ ‪present participle‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪B :٩‬‬
‫ﻻن زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ Past Continuous Tense‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺪث ﺣﻴﺼﻴﺮ وﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻐﺰال‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪was falling‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ is falling‬ﻻن ‪ is‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع ﻣﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪A :١٠‬‬
‫ﻻن زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ Past Continuous Tense‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪث ﻋﻦ اﻓﻌﺎل واﺣﺪاث اﺳﺘﻤﺮو‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة‪ .‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﺎن ‪ when‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ وﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪past continuous (was/were+v+ing) + when + past‬‬
‫‪simple‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ were watched‬ﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Past Perfect
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: Khalid ______already finished his homework by the time I got home.
A. has
B. had
C. having
D. have

Q2: I met Tom last month. We ______each other since we graduated from college.
A. meet
B. haven’t met
C. hadn't met
D. met

Q3: After I ______, I discovered that I forgot my keys at work.

A. had left
B. have leaved
C. Have left
D. leave

Q4: When I arrived, they hadn’t ______ the game yet.

A. finish
B. finishes
C. finishing
D. finished

Q5: I ______ my homework before the match began.

A. do
B. have done
C. will do
D. had done

41
Q6: We ________ finished eating dinner when the bell rang.
A. had not
B. not had
C. have not
D. would had not

Q7: Had they _____ to her before you saw her?

A. spoke
B. spoken
C. spoked
D. speak

Q8: I had never _____ her before.

A. seeing
B. see
C. seen
D. saw

Q9: We arrived just on time, but the train _____ already left.
A. having
B. have
C. had
D. has

Q10: When Sarah was at the zoo, she thought she ________ there before, but she hadn't.
A. has been
B. had be
C. had been
D. have been

🙌
42
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ +by‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻزم ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﻲ وﺻﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎن ﺧﺎﻟﺪ أﻧﻬﻰ واﺟﺒﺎﺗﻪ )ﻗﺒﻞ وﺻﻮﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر اﻻول و اﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ‪subject+had+ past‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ participle‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺒﺪل ‪ had‬ﺑﺄي ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫س ‪C :٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ Since‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪past perfect+since+ past simple‬‬
‫وﻓﻜﺮة اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ إﻧﻲ ﺷﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ اﻟﺸﻬﺮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬وﻛﺎن ﻟﻨﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻮ ﺷﺎﻳﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ وﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ داﻳﻤﺎ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ان ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ After‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪After +past perfect+ past simple‬‬

‫س ‪D :٤‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﺮاغ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ Hadn’t‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪had+v (past participle‬‬

‫س ‪D :٥‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ اﻟﻤﺒﺎراة ﺻﺎرت ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬وإﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ ﺻﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺒﺎراة‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬وزﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎم ﻳﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر اﻻول واﻳﺶ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ before‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪past‬‬
‫‪perfect+before + past simple‬‬

‫س ‪A :٦‬‬
‫ﺑﺪأ اﻟﻌﺸﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ اﻟﺠﺮس ﻳﺮن ﺑﻔﺘﺮة وﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﺼﻮ ﻋﺸﺎﻫﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ رن اﻟﺠﺮس‪ ،‬وﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ داﻳﻤﺎ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ when‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪past‬‬
‫‪perfect+when + past simple‬‬

‫س‪B :٧‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ before‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪past perfect+before + past simple‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫س‪C :٨‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ before‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪past perfect+before + past simple‬‬

‫س‪C :٩‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻃﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎر رﻏﻢ وﺻﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﻋﺪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎن اﻟﻘﻄﺎر ﻃﻠﻊ ﻟﻤﺎ وﺻﻠﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ already‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪past perfect+already + past simple‬‬

‫س‪C :١٠‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺮ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪث أﻗﺪم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ اذا ﺑﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أي ﺣﺪث ﺻﺎر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻻول واﻳﺶ اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ )‪ had+v (past participle‬وﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ before‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪past perfect+before + past simple‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
Future Simple
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: She is ________ cook tomorrow since she is sick.

A. going
B. won’t
C. will
D. not going to

Q2: What are you ________?

A. go to buy
B. going to buy
C. will buy
D. going buy

Q3: I don't ________ swim today.

A. think I
B. think I’m
C. thinking
D. think I will

Q4: When ________ back from school tomorrow?

A. have you come
B. had you come
C. will you come
D. are you going

Q5: I ________ visit my grandmother next Friday.

A. have
B. has
C. will
D. is

45
Q6: I think it ________ be cloudy tomorrow.
A. is
B. will probably
C. start
D. probably

Q7: Jack said, “I ________ come tomorrow”.

A. would
B. were
C. was
D. will

Q8: He _____ arrive on time.

A. will
B. is
C. not
D. are

Q9: Will your folks _____ before Tuesday?

A. leaving
B. leave
C. leaves
D. leaved

Q10: We _____ get there until after dark.

A. will
B. won't
C. would
D. wouldn’t

🙌
46
Keep it up
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪D :١‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ أو ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺸﻜﻮك ﺣﻮل‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻷﺣﺪاث اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﺮارات اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺬة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻔﺎوﺿﺎت وﻟﻠﻮﻋﻮد ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ am/is/are going to + verb infinitive‬او ‪will +‬‬
‫‪ ،verb infinitive‬وﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ‪ is‬ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر إﻣﺎ ‪ A‬أو ‪ ،D‬ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻷول ﻣﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻻزم ﻧﺨﺘﺎر‬
‫‪ D‬ﻷن اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﻲ )‪(is going to‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﻪ اﻻﺛﺒﺎت ‪ going‬ﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﻬﺎ ‪ to‬وﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺪر ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ going‬ﺑﺪون ‪ ،to‬وﻛﻤﺎن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪B :٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ‪ ،are‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪.will‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪ A‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻزم ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ going‬ﻣﻮ ‪go‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪ D‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻻن ‪ to‬ﻣﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﻌﺪ ‪going‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ don’t‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ C‬ﻷن ﻻزم ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ don’t‬ﻳﻴﺠﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻟﻮﺟﻮد اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ B‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ am‬ﻻزم اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑـ ‪ing‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻷﻧﻪ ‪ think‬ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ‪ ،will‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻮاب ‪.D‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ tomorrow‬ﻧﻌﺮف أﻧﻪ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ A‬او ‪.B‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪ D‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﻪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪to come‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٥‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ واﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺎﺧﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر ﻫﻮ ‪will‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪B :٦‬‬
‫وﺟﻮد ‪ think‬ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ اﻷﻫﻢ وﺟﻮد ‪ be‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪ ،‬واﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺠﻲ إﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪will‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪D :٧‬‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ tomorrow‬ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬واﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪will‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪A :٨‬‬
‫وﺟﻮد اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ اﻧﻪ اﻟﺠﻮاب اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ‪.will‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪B :٩‬‬
‫ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ will‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪B :١٠‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ‪ A, B‬ﻟﻜﻦ وﺟﻮد ‪ until‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ اﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺪث ﻣﺎ اﻛﺘﻤﻞ إﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﻔﻲ ‪.won’t‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
Gerund or Infinitive
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ وﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: ________ carefully is important.

A. Driving
B. Drove
C. I drive
D. Drive

Q2: In my opinion, ________ money for expensive things is bad.

A. to spending
B. spending
C. spend
D. spent

Q3: I like ________ movies so much.

A. watching
B. watched
C. watches
D. have watched

Q4: Ali enjoys ________ Arabic stories.

A. reads
B. read
C. to read
D. reading

Q5: I'm interested in ________ English.

A. learning
B. learned
C. learned
D. learn

🙌
48
Keep it up
Q6: She told me ________ the prescription.
A. take
B. to take
C. that l take
D. which take

Q7: Elder people need ________ checkup regularly.

A. to get
B. get
C. was getting
D. getting

Q8: Ahmad decided ________ at home today.

A. staying
B. to stay
C. stay
D. to staying

Q9: Ali, Omar and Khalid are friends. They seem ________ together everywhere.
A. to going
B. go
C. going
D. to go

Q10: It is economical ________ your money on cheap things.

A. spent
B. spend
C. to spending
D. to spend

49
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪A :١‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Driving‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة" وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺒﻬﺎه ﻣﻬﻤﺔ"‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ Drive‬ﻻن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اذا ﻛﺎن ﻓﻲ أول اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻻﻣﺮ‪ ،‬وﻟﻮﺟﻮد ‪ is‬ﻛﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر اي ﻓﻌﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪B :٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ spending‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "اﻹﻧﻔﺎق" واﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "إﻧﻔﺎق اﻟﻤﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ أﺷﻴﺎء ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺷﻲء ﺳﻲء"‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ spend‬ﻻﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ واﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺟﻴﻦ اﺳﻢ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ to spending‬ﻻن ‪ to‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﻓﻼزم ﻳﻜﻮن ‪to spend‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٣‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ like‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ‪ verb + ing‬ﻣﺜﺎل ‪.I like eating noodles‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪The verbs "love", "like" and "hate" are often followed by "gerund” when its meaning is‬‬
‫‪general.‬‬
‫اﻻﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺤﺐ وﻳﻜﺮه وﻳﻌﺠﺐ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎف اﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ing‬اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺎم‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٤‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ enjoy‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ‪) gerund‬ﻛﻤﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ( ﻓﻴﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ" ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻘﺮاءة اﻟﻘﺼﺺ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ "‬

‫س ‪A :٥‬‬
‫ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪ in‬داﻳﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ‪ ( gerund ) verb + ing‬ﻣﺜﺎل ‪- I’m interested in talking in Public.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪She is interested in joining the competition.‬‬

‫س ‪B :٦‬‬
‫اﻷﻓﻌﺎل زي‪tell, told, say, said, decide, decided, see, seemed, need, needed, want, wanted‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻫﺬي ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺎل‪I decided to travel tomorrow.:‬‬
‫‪I need to have some rest. I wanted to say sorry to him.‬‬

‫س‪A :٧‬‬
‫اﻷﻓﻌﺎل زي‪tell, told, say, said, decide, decided, see, seemed, need, needed, want, wanted‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻫﺬي ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫س‪B :٨‬‬
‫اﻷﻓﻌﺎل زي‪tell, told, say, said, decide, decided, see, seemed, need, needed, want, wanted‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻫﺬي ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫س‪D :٩‬‬
‫اﻷﻓﻌﺎل زي ‪tell, told, say, said, decide, decided, see, seemed, need, needed, want, wanted‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر وﻫﺬي ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س‪D :١٠‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ it is + adjective‬ﻳﺠﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﻴﺎر ‪ to spending‬ﻷن ‪ to‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ spent‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
Passive Voice
‫اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

3 ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ 1 ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: The robber ________ by the police last night.

A. caught
B. was caught
C. is caught
D. catched

Q2: Ahmad makes breakfast while lunch ________ by his wife.

A. making
B. make
C. is made
D. makes

Q3: The box ________ from recycled paper.

A. making
B. was made
C. make
D. made

Q4: Jeddah ________ on the west side of Saudi Arabia.

A. locate
B. locating
C. is located
D. located

Q5: Why don’t you eat sweets that ________ by my father in Paris?
A. has bought
B. were bought
C. have bought
D. had bought

🙌
52
Keep it up
Q6: His heart problems ________ by smoking .
A. were caused
B. had caused
C. was caused
D. causing

Q7: The holy mosque ________ for hundreds years.

A. had been visiting
B. is visited
C. visited
D. has been visited

Q8: Rolls-Royce cars ________ by a British company.

A. are making
B. are made
C. made
D. making

Q9: Students ________ expected to write a long story.

A. don’t
B. will
C. not
D. are not

Q10: I was ________ by my messy hair style.

A. embarrass
B. is embarrassing
C. embarrassed
D. embarrassing

53
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ last‬وﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬وﻷن اﻟﻠﺺ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻢ اﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‪ ،‬وﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ‪ passive voice past simple‬ﻫﻲ ‪ was / were + past participle‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪B‬‬

‫س ‪C :٢‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻷن اﻟﻐﺪاء ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺴﻮي ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﻓﻼزم ﻧﺤﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‪،‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ‪ simple passive voice present‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪past participle‬‬
‫‪ am/is / are +‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ C‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ " ﻳﺤﻀﺮ أﺣﻤﺪ اﻟﻔﻄﻮر ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺪاء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل زوﺟﺘﻪ"‬

‫س ‪B :٣‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻻﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺮف ﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اي ﺿﻤﻴﺮ او اﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪B‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪة اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪was/were+ past participle‬‬

‫س ‪C :٤‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ is located‬ﻷﻧﻪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﺑﻌﺪ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻷن اﻟﻨﺎس‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺨﺘﺎروا اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﻮو ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬

‫س ‪B :٥‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻷن اﻟﺤﻠﻮﻳﺎت ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮاءﻫﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻷب وﻣﺎ اﺷﺘﺮت‪ ،‬وﻷن زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ وﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻰ ‪ passive voice past simple‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪was /‬‬
‫‪ were + past participle‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪B‬‬

‫س ‪A :٦‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻰ ‪ passive voice past simple‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪was / were + past‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ participle‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪ were‬ﻣﻮ ‪ was‬ﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ problems‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫س‪D :٧‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ for‬ﻓﺎن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم ‪passive voice present perfect‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪ has/have + been + past participle‬وﺣﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ "ﺗﻢ زﻳﺎرة اﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺪس ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺎت اﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ"‬

‫س‪B :٨‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﺴﻮي ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‪ ،‬زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ وﻗﺎﻋﺪة‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻰ ‪ simple passive voice present‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪past participle‬‬
‫‪ am/is / are +‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪B‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س‪D :٩‬‬
‫ﻻن زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ واﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪ B‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و ﻻزم ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ ،will be expected‬و ‪not‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻼزم ﺗﻜﻮن ‪ ،students are not‬واﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ A‬ﻻن ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ don't‬ﻻن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪.‬‬

‫س‪C :١٠‬‬
‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،was‬وﻷن ﺷﻌﺮه اﻟﻠﻲ ﻣﺶ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ أﺣﺮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻰ ‪ passive voice past simple‬ﺣﺘﻜﻮن ‪was / were + past‬‬
‫‪ participle‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر ‪C‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
Pronouns
‫اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: Ali saw ________ in the mirror.

A. I’m
B. he
C. himself
D. herself

Q2: I cut ________ while cooking.

A. myself
B. mine
C. I
D. me

Q3: That is the guy ________ father founded the company.

A. which
B. that
C. who
D. whose

Q4: The man ________ I met last night was happy.

A. which
B. who
C. whom
D. whose

Q5: The student is preparing for his project. ________ author's books do you recommend?
A. that
B. which
C. whose
D. who

🙌
56
Keep it up
Q6: My mother and ________ will finish shopping and then take taxi.
A. me
B. myself
C. mine
D. I

Q7: ________ is a carpenter.

A. He
B. I
C. We
D. They

Q8: ________ key is this? It is mine

A. Who
B. What
C. Which
D. Whose

Q9: When the movie actress entered the room, everyone turned and looked at _______ !
A. hers
B. herself
C. her
D. she

Q10: Don’t take this book. It’s ________

A. mine
B. he
C. her
D. his

57
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪C :١‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬زي ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮل "ﺟﺮﺣﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ" ”‪“I have hurt myself.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﻷن اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ he‬اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﻌﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻋﻠﻲ" وﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﻫﻮ" وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺎف ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮاﻳﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ I'm‬ﻷن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل )ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮاﻳﺎ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ he‬ﻻﻧﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﺠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻮ ﺑﻌﺪه‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ herself‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ "ﻫﻲ" ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮ ﺻﺢ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪A :٢‬‬
‫ﻷن اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ I‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "أﻧﺎ" واﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻻزم اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﺤﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﺟﺮﺣﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ اﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺦ(‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪) mine‬ﻷن ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ وﺗﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ آﺧﺮ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ I‬ﻷن اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ me‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ وﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٣‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ وﺻﻞ وﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬واﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪whose‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻲ ﺷﻲء ﻳﺨﺺ ﺷﺨﺺ )دا ﻫﻮ اﻟﻮﻟﺪ اﻟﻠﻲ واﻟﺪه اﻧﺸﺄ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ(‪ ،‬وﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ which‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻮ اﻻﺷﺨﺎص‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ Who‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻻزم ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ That‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ‪which / who‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪C :٤‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ وﺻﻞ وﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬واﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪whom‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺒﻴﻦ‪ :‬اﻷول ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ‪ ،‬وﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ وﻓﻌﻞ ‪(I met‬‬

‫س ‪B :٥‬‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ وﺻﻞ او أدوات اﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎم )ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪا ‪ ،(that‬وﻷﻧﻪ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺆال‪ ،‬ﻧﻌﺮف‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫أﻧﻬﻢ أدوات اﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎم‪ .‬واﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ which‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ اﻷداة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺨﻴﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﻴﻦ أو ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪D :٦‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻮل " اﻧﺎ واﻣﻲ" ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﺣﻨﺨﺘﺎر اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ‪ I‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ‪ me‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ وﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ‪ myself‬ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪I‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫واﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ‪ mine‬ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪A :٧‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺎﺧﺬ ‪ is‬ﻫﻮ ‪he‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ I‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﺬ ‪ ،am‬أﻣﺎ ‪ we/they‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮن ‪are‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س‪D :٨‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﻫﻲ أدوات اﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎم‪ ،‬واﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ whose‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺄل ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺆال "ﻟﻤﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح؟" واﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ " اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﻲ"‬
‫أداة اﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎم ‪ who‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ َﻣﻦ‪ ،‬و ‪ what‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺎذا‪ ،‬و ‪ Which‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ أي‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س‪C :٩‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﻫﻨﺎ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ وﻟﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ her‬ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ وﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫أو ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺠﺮور‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ " ﻟﻤﺎ دﺧﻠﺖ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ اﻟﻲ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻟﻬﺎ" ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮف ﺟﺮ "اﻟﻼم" وﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﻌﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫س‪A :١٠‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮاغ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج ﺿﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ " ﻣﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﺪ دا اﻟﻜﺘﺎب‪ .‬دا ﺣﻘﻲ"‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
If Clauses
If ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: If we ________ the water, it evaporates.

A. heats
B. heat
C. heating
D. heated

Q2: Ahmed will fail the subjects ________ he studies hard.

A. unless
B. if
C. until
D. though

Q3: If I go to Paris, I ________ visit Eiffel Tower.

A. would
B. be
C. been
D. will

Q4: If we get up in time, ______ catch the train.

A. we caught
B. we had caught
C. we'll catch
D. we are catching

Q5: If I ______ a doctor, I ______ treat people for free.

A. was / will
B. am / will
C. were / will
D. were / would

🙌
60
Keep it up
Q6: If Saeed ______ well, he would get this job.
A. has done
B. have done
C. does
D. did

Q7: If you ________the quiz, you would answer it.

A. have understood
B. understood
C. understand
D. are understanding

Q8: If they ________ enough money, they would have built a villa.
A. have had
B. have
C. had had
D. had

Q9: I didn’t have a lot of money. If I had ________ enough money, I would have donated it
to the poor.
A. has
B. having
C. had
D. have

Q10: I didn't mean to lie. If I ________ met him, I ________ told him the truth.
A. had / would have
B. have / will
C. have / would have
D. have / would

61
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪B :١‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ zero conditional‬وﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )اذا ﺳﺨﻨﺖ اﻟﻤﺎء ﻳﺘﺒﺨﺮ( وﻓﻲ ﻫﺬي‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﺎن ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ heats‬وﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎرع ﻷن اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪ we‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺧﺪ ‪ s‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﺎرع‬

‫س ‪A :٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ unless‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )اذا ﻣﺎ( ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﺣﻴﺮﺳﺐ اﺣﻤﺪ اذا ﻣﺎ ﻛﺮف‪(.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ until‬ﻻن ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺣﺘﻰ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ‪ though‬ﻷن ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫س ‪D :٣‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ first Conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺪوﺛﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ وﻳﺘﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ if + present simple, will+ infinitive‬وﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن “اذا ذﻫﺒﺖ اﻟﻲ ﺑﺎرﻳﺲ ﺣﺰور ﺑﺮج‬
‫اﻳﻔﻞ"‪.‬‬

‫س ‪C :٤‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ first Conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺪوﺛﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ وﻳﺘﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ if + present simple, will+ infinitive‬وﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﻜﻮن ) اذا وﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻋﺪ ﺣﻴﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﺎر(‬

‫س ‪D :٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ‪ I, he, she, it‬ﻳﺎﺧﺬو اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ were‬ﻣﻮ ‪ was‬وﺣﺘﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪past )If+‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ ،simple, would+ verb (infinitive‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﺠﺖ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺲ اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ‬
‫اﻧﻪ أﻧﺎ ﻣﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ وﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ " ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ اﺻﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ دﺣﻴﻦ"‬

‫س ‪D :٦‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ second conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺣﺪوﺛﻪ دﺣﻴﻦ وﺻﻌﺐ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﺪوﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬زي ‪ ، I were younger, I would be a wrestler‬وﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪if + past simple,‬‬
‫‪ would+ infinitive‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ) اذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻛﺮف ﻛﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺮف وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻣﺎ راح ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪(.‬‬

‫س‪B :7‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ second conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻌﺐ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺣﺪوﺛﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫دﺣﻴﻦ وﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﻴﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺣﺪوﺛﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ وﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪if + past simple, would+‬‬
‫‪ infinitive‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )اذا ﻓﻬﻤﺖ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ اﺟﺎوب‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻨﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﺘﻪ وﻣﺶ ﻋﺎرف أﺟﺎوﺑﻪ(‬

‫س‪C :8‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ Third Conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺎر ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ اذا ﺻﺎر وﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ if + past perfect, would+have +past participle‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ) ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻌﻬﻢ أﻣﻮال ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﻨﻮ ﻓﻴﻼ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻌﻪ أﻣﻮال ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ وﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﻮ ﻓﻴﻼ‪(.‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س‪C :9‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ Third Conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺎر ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ اذا ﺻﺎر وﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ if + past perfect, would+have +past participle‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻌﺎي أﻣﻮال ﻛﺜﻴﺮة ﻛﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺗﺒﺮع ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮاء‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺮﻋﺖ(‬

‫س ‪A :١ 0‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟـ ‪ Third Conditional‬وﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺎر ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ اذا ﺻﺎر وﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ if + past perfect, would+have +past participle‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﻪ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ(‬

‫‪63‬‬
Conjunctions
‫ﺣﺮوف اﻟﻌﻄﻒ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: ________ I finish work, I will go home.

A. While
B. Where
C. Which
D. When

Q2: When I ________ him, he was sleeping.

A. call
B. calls
C. called
D. calling

Q3: When I ________ in cairo, I ________ my family.

A. am arriving / called
B. arrived / calling
C. arrived / called
D. arriving / called

Q4: I broke my pen ________ I was doing my homework.

A. which
B. when
C. while
D. where

Q5: Ali’s phone was broken, ________ he took it to the repair shop.
A. so
B. but
C. because
D. too

🙌
64
Keep it up
Q6: Ahmed is still thinking of becoming a manager ________ he failed the test.
A. but
B. even unless
C. even though
D. so

Q7: Neither Frank ________ Tom graduated this year.

A. so
B. either
C. nor
D. also

Q8: France played well, ________ Germany won the match.

A. and
B. because
C. but
D. so

Q9: Children will sleep as soon as the neighbors ________ left.

A. has
B. have
C. had
D. were

Q10: Be sure that you clean your hands ________ having your lunch.
A. because
B. until
C. before
D. during

65
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪D :١‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﻠﺺ دواﻣﻲ ﺣﺮوح اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﺎر ‪ while‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎه ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ وﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﺑﻬﺬا‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎق‪،‬‬

‫س ‪C :2‬‬
‫ﻻن ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ when‬ﻻزم ان ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ واﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎض ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ when + past simple, past continuous‬وﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارﻳﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ وﻓﻌﻞ اﺧﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺤﺪث‬

‫س ‪C :3‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ when‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎض اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺣﺪاث ﻣﻊ وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ زﻣﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ وﺻﻠﺖ اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة )اﻟﺤﺪث اﻻول( اﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺎﺋﻠﺘﻲ ) اﻟﺤﺪث اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ (‬

‫س ‪C :4‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ While‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪث ﻳﺼﻴﺮ وﺣﺪث ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪Past simple+ while + past continuous‬‬

‫س ‪A :5‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ‪ so‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎه )ﻟﺬﻟﻚ( ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻲ ُ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ارﺳﻠﻪ اﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫واﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ‪ but‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎه ﻟﻜﻦ وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬واﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ‪ because‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎه ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫وﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اي ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻜﺴﺮ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬و‪ too‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎه )أﻳ ً‬
‫ﻀﺎ( ‪.‬‬

‫س ‪C :6‬‬
‫)اﺣﻤﺪ ﻟﺴﻪ ﺑﻴﻔﻜﺮ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ رﺳﻮﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎر( ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ واﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪ B‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﻻن‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ راﺑﻂ اﺳﻤﻪ ‪ even unless‬واﻟﺨﻴﺎر ‪ D‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﻻن ‪ so‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ وﺗﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺤﺪث ﻣﺎ‬

‫س‪C :7‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮان ‪ Neither..nor‬داﻳﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻼزﻣﻴﻦ وﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺎرو اﻻﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)ﻻ دا ﺻﺎر وﻻ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ( ﻋﻜﺲ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮان ‪ Either…or‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﻴﻦ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل واﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ .Either you go to school or stay at home :‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻳﻜﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ "ﻻ ﻓﺮاﻧﻚ اﺗﺨﺮج وﻻ ﺗﻮم دا اﻟﻌﺎم‬

‫س‪C :8‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ‪ but‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻀﺎدﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ أن ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻌﺒﺖ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎراة‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ أﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎزت‬

‫س‪B :9‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪ as soon as‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع اﻟﺘﺎم ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ زي اﻟﻤﺜﺎل )ﺣﻴﻨﺎم اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻮر ﻣﻐﺎدرة اﻟﺠﻴﺮان‪ .‬وﻻن ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ neighbors‬ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ has‬ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س ‪C :١ 0‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ ‪ before‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )أﺗﺎﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﻛﻞ( ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪) because‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻻﻛﻞ( وﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪) during‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﻛﻞ( وﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪) until‬ﺣﺘﻰ اﻻﻛﻞ(‬

‫‪67‬‬
Writing analysis
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﺸﺮح‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ٢ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬ ١ ‫اﻟﺸﺮح‬

Q1: Which of the following is correctly punctuated?

A. Mr. Ali my teacher, is a professional programmer.
B. Mr. Ali my teacher is a professional programmer.
C. Mr. Ali, my teacher, is a professional programmer.
D. Mr. Ali my teacher is, a professional programmer.

Q2: Which of the following is correctly punctuated?

A. Ahmad, Khalid, Saud are my best friends.
B. Ahmad, Khalid and Saud are my best friends.
C. Ahmad, Khalid and Saud, are my best friends.
D. Ahmad, Khalid, Saud, are my best friends.

Q3: Which of the following sentences is correctly capitalized?

A. We had a trip to the red sea with mr. Hassan, who is our teacher, last month.
B. We had a trip to the Red Sea with Mr. Hassan, who is our teacher, last month.
C. We had a trip to the Red sea with Mr. Hassan, who is our teacher, last month.
D. We had a trip to the Red Sea with Mr. hassan, who is our teacher, last month.

Q4: Which of the following sentences is correctly capitalized?

A. This Summer, my family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
B. This Summer, my Family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
C. This summer, my family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
D. This summer, my family will travel to paris the whole Vacation.

Q5: Choose the correct word order:

1- First, his mother wakes him up early to pray Al-Fajr prayer.
2- Finally, he checks his bag and leaves around 6:30.
3- Ahmad's life is very busy.
4- Then, the he has his breakfast.
A. (3-1-4-2)
B. (3-4-2-1)
C. (4-3-1-2)
D. (4-1-3-2)

🙌
68
Keep it up
Q6: Choose the correct word order:
1 - All my family members couldn’t sleep well.
2- Our AC now is cold and works well.
3- The next day, my father called the mechanic
4- Last night the AC stopped working at home.
A. (1-2-3-4)
B. (4-3-2-1)
C. (4-3-1-2)
D. (4-1-3-2)

Q7: __________ because he is always busy.

A. Mohamed has not visited his mother for a long time
B. His mother is sick, so he should see her
C. Her vision improved her condition and became even better when she took the medicine
D. Mohamed did not visit his mother for a long time

Q8: Ayesha and Ahmad have a house in Makkah. They have invited their grandparents
because ___
A. They want to perform Al Hajj but they don't have enough money.
B. They don't have enough money because they always give it to the poor people.
C. They have to because there is no enough money with them.
D. They are need an accommodation in Makkah to perform Al Hajj.

Q9: Identify the incorrect underline word or words

The Alaskan malamute used extensively for pulling sleds, is closely related about the wolf.
A: used
B: for pulling
C: closely
D: about

Q10: Identify the incorrect underline word or words

My father he gave that watch to me after I graduated from high school.
A: he
B: graduated
C: to me
D: high school

69
‫ﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت‬
‫س ‪C :١‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ‪ parathentical phrase‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرة اﻋﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ وﻫﻲ داﻳﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺘﻴﻦ وﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ اﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﻲء أو اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻠﻲ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﺎرئ ﻓﻜﺮة‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺳﺘﺎذ ﻋﻠﻲ وﻧﺒﻐﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ اﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻨﻀﻊ ‪my ,‬‬
‫‪ ,teacher‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ وﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ اﻗﻮل اﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻣﺤﺘﺮف‬

‫س ‪B :2‬‬
‫ﻷن ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ‪ commas in punctuation‬اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎت او اﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻧﻀﻊ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ and‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫س ‪B :3‬‬
‫ﻷن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪We had a trip to the Red Sea with Mr. Hassan, who is our teacher, last‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ month.‬اﻟﺒﺤﺮ اﻻﺣﻤﺮ ‪ Red Sea‬وﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ Mr. Hassan‬ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪ proper nouns‬ﻋﺸﺎن‬
‫ﻛﺪا ﻻزم ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﺮوف ﻛﺒﻴﺮة وﻟﻔﻆ ‪ .Mr‬ﻟﻘﺐ وﻻزم ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﺤﺮف ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫س ‪C :4‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ summer‬ﻣﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮف ﻛﺎﺑﻴﺘﺎل ﻻن ﻓﺼﻮل اﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺎﻣﻲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة اﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻪ ‪ summer‬ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮف ﺻﻐﻴﺮ )ﺳﻤﻮل(‪ ،‬إﻻ أﻧﻪ ‪Paris‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮف ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ودا ﺧﻄﺄ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪ proper nouns‬ﻋﺸﺎن ﻛﺪا ﻻزم ﻧﻜﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﺮف‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻴﺘﺎل‪.‬‬

‫س ‪A :5‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻳﻌﺮض اﻟﻠﻲ ﻳﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎة اﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ .‬اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﺠﻲ اﻻول وﻫﻮ ‪Ahmad's life is‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ .very busy‬وﻳﺼﻠﻲ اﻟﻔﺠﺮ وﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻔﻄﺮ وﻳﺨﺮج اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﺘﺔ وﻧﺼﻒ‬

‫س ‪D :6‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻻﺣﺪاث اﻣﺲ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻول ﺗﻌﻄﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻴﻒ وﺑﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﺖ اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻛﻮﻳﺲ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫وﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﻮ اﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﺸﺎن ﻳﺼﻠﺤﻪ واﺷﺘﻐﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫س‪A :7‬‬
‫ﻻن ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ‪ Mohamed has not visited his mother for a long time‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﺰور اﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻧﺸﻐﺎﻟﻪ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ﻣﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺗﻐﻴﺮ وﺻﺎر ﻳﺰورﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫س‪A :8‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮل ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ واﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺔ واﺳﺘﻀﺎﻓﻮ ﺟﺪودﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺤﺠﻮ ﻷن ﻣﻮ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﺎل ﻛﺎف‪ .‬واﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ D‬ﻏﻠﻂ ﻷن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ They are need an accommodation‬ﻻزم‬
‫‪They are in need for an accomodation‬‬

‫🙌‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪Keep it up‬‬
‫س‪D :9‬‬
‫ﻻن اﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ related‬ﻻزم ﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪه ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ ‪ to‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮن ‪ .related to the wolf‬وﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﻴﻮان اﻟﻤﺎﻻﻣﻮت ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﻜﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎق واﺳﻊ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﺰﻻﺟﺎت وﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻔﺼﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﺬﺋﺎب(‬

‫س‪A :10‬‬
‫ﻻن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل ‪ My father he‬ﻻن اﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ My father‬ودا ﻏﻠﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫)اﺑﻲ اﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺬي اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( وﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮل اﺑﻲ ﻫﻮ اﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺬي اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ high school‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺤﺮوف ﻛﺎﺑﻴﺘﺎل اﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﻨﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪرﺳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ زي ‪Dalilk High School for‬‬
‫‪Boys‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
١ ‫اﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
Q1: Be sure that you clean your hands ________ eating your lunch.
A. because
B. until
C. before
D. during

Q2: if we get up in time, ________catch the train.

A. we caught
B. we had caught
C. we'll catch
D. we are catching

Q3: The holy mosque ________ for hundreds years.

A. had been visiting
B. is visited
C. visited
D. has been visited

Q4: Which of the following sentences is correctly capitalized?

A. This Summer, my family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
B. This Summer, my Family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
C. This summer, my family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
D. This Summer, my family will travel to paris the whole vacation.

Q5: France played well, ________ Germany won the match.

A. and
B. because
C. but
D. so

Q6: Ali, Omar and Khalid are friends. They seem ________ together everywhere.
A. to going
B. go
C. going
D. to go

Q7: Ahmad was thirsty after exercising, so he ______ a bottle of water.

A. drank
B. is drinking
C. drinks
D. was drinking

🙌
72
Keep it up
Q8: Which of the following is correctly punctuated?
A. Mr. Ali my teacher, is a professional programmer.
B. Mr. Ali my teacher is a professional programmer.
C. Mr. Ali, my teacher, is a professional programmer.
D. Mr. Ali my teacher is, a professional programmer.

Q9: Has Ali visited the USA? - No, he ______

A. has
B. have not
C. has not
D. have

Q10: The last exam was ______ than the first one.
A. the easiest
B. easier
C. as easy
D. easy

Q11: He should ______ vegetables.

A. eating
B. eat
C. ate
D. eaten

Q12: Choose the correct word order:

1- All my family members couldn’t sleep well.
2- Our Ac now is cold and start working.
3- Next day my father called the mechanic
4- Last night AC stopped working at home
A. (1-2-3-4)
B. (4-3-2-1)
C. (4-3-1-2)
D. (4-1-3-2)

Q13: What are you ________?

A. go to buy
B. going to buy
C. will buy
D. going buy

Q14: I ______ my homework before the match began.

A. do
B. have done
C. will do
D. had done

73
Q15: The deer was killed ______ the lion.
A. from
B. by
C. in
D. for

Q16: Identify the incorrect underline word or words

My father he gave that watch to me after I graduated from high school.
A. he
B. graduated
C. to me
D. high school

Q17: That is the guy ________ father founded the company.

A. which
B. that
C. who
D. whose

Q18: Sami ______ football these days.

A. is not playing
B. is not played
C. is play
D. don't play

Q19: Salah had some extra exercise books so he gave ______ book to Sammy to use.
A. a
B. no article
C. the
D. an

Q20: Which of the following is correctly punctuated?

A. In 1993, Fahad and Faisal went to the UK, to study English language.
B: In 1993. Fahad and faisal went to the UK to study English language.
C: In 1993, Fahad, Faisal went to the Uk to study english language.
D: In 1993, Fahad and Faisal went to the UK, to study english language.

Q21: I usually visit king Saud library and I ______ there.

A. has studied
B. studying
C. studied
D. study

🙌
74
Keep it up
Q22: Was he not ______ his homework when you went home??
A. doing
B. do
C. done
D. does

Q23: Eating ice cream is bad for my teeth, I ______ eat ice cream any more.
A. must
B. don’t have
C. may
D. shouldn’t

Q24: Choose the correct order to make the following sentence into a paragraph:
1- Put soap onto your wet hands.
2- Turn on the faucet and wet your hands.
3- Rub your hands together
4- Rinse your hands and dry them with a towel.
5- Turn the faucets off
A. (2-1-3-5-4)
B. (2-1-3-4-5)
C. (3-2-1-4-5)
D. (1-2-3-4-5)

Q25: Khalid always gets up ______ 6 o’clock in the morning.

A. in
B. for
C. at
D. on

Q26: Look at Ahmad. He ______

A. studied
B. studies
C. study
D. is studying

Q27: I'm interested in ________ English.

A. learning
B. learned
C. learned
D. learn

Q28: I ______ lost my pen, where can I find another one before the exam?
A. has
B. am
C. have
D. is

75
Q29: Identify the incorrect underline word or words:
The teacher instructed the students to be at time for class tomorrow or else stay late.
A. instructed
B. to be
C. at time
D. stay

Q30: ______ you play many sports?

A. Have
B. Has
C. Are
D. Do

Q31: Excuse me, could you ______ me the direction.

A. showed
B. showing
C. to show
D. show

Q32: Do you want ______ rice?

A. a
B. an
C. the
D. no article

Q33: Which of the following sentences is correctly capitalized?

We will have dinner at an:
A. Indian Restaurant
B. Indian restaurant
C. indian restaurant
D. indian Restaurant

Q34: Last year, Maryam ______ her book novel.

A. have published
B. published
C. has published
D. publishing

Q35: Tom has lived in this town ______ three years.

A. for
B. since
C. in
D. at

🙌
76
Keep it up
Q36: Identify the incorrect underline word or words:
Yara and I enjoy writing letters to our friends and to help others.
A. I
B. our friends
C. to help
D. writing

Q37: The student is preparing for his project. ________ author's books do you recommend?
A. that
B. which
C. whose
D. who

Q38: I didn't have a lot of money. If I had ________ enough money, I would have donated it
to the poor.
A. has
B. having
C. had
D. have

Q39: Ayesha and Ahmad have a house in Makkah they invited their grandparents because
______
A. they want to perform Al Hajj but they don't have enough money.
B. they don't have enough money because they always give it to the poor people.
C. they have to because there is no enough money with them.
D. they are need an accommodation in Makkah to perform Al Hajj.

Q40: When I ________ in cairo, I ________ my family.

A. am arriving / called
B. arrived / calling
C. arrived / called
D. arriving / called

77
١ ‫ﺣﻞ اﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
Q1: C. before
Q2: C. we'll catch
Q3: D. has been visited
Q4: C. This summer, my family will travel to Paris the whole vacation.
Q5: C. but
Q6: D. to go
Q7: A. drank
Q8: C. Mr. Ali, my teacher, is a professional programmer.
Q9: C. has not
Q10: B. easier
Q11: B. eat
Q12: D. (4-1-3-2)
Q13: B. going to buy
Q14: D. had done
Q15: B. by
Q16: A. he
Q17: D. whose
Q18: A. is not playing
Q19: A. a
Q20: A. In 1993, Fahad and Faisal went to the UK, to study English language.
Q21: D. study
Q22: A. doing
Q23: D. shouldn’t
Q24: B. (2,1,3,4,5)
Q25: C. at
Q26: D. is studying
Q27: A. learning
Q28: C. have
Q29: C. at time
Q30: D. Do

🙌
78
Keep it up
Q31: D. show
Q32: D. no article
Q33: B. Indian restaurant
Q34: B. published
Q35: A. for
Q36: C. to help
Q37: B. which
Q38: C. had
Q39: A. They want to perform Al Hajj but they don't have enough money.
Q40: C. arrived / called

79
٢ ‫اﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
Q1: Ali can ______ a car easily.
A. driving
B. ride
C. riding
D. drive

Q2: Identify the incorrect underlined word or words:

My father doesn't know speak English.
A. My
B. doesn't
C. speak
D. English

Q3: Ahmed is still thinking of becoming a manager ________ he failed the test.
A. but
B. even unless
C. even though
D. so

Q4: Ali saw ________ in the mirror.

A. I’m
B. he
C. himself
D. herself

Q5: If I ______ a doctor, I ______ treat people for free.

A. was / will
B. am / will
C. were / will
D. were / would

Q6: Choose the correct order to make the following sentence into a paragraph:
1- Yesterday, the house was in a mess.
2- then, I did the dishes in the kitchen.
3- and finally, I was able to clean my bedroom.
4- I had to clean the living room first.
A. (1-4-2-3)
B. (2-4-3-1)
C. (3-1-2-4)
D. (1-4-3-2)

🙌
80
Keep it up
Q7: Sometimes Ahmad goes to school ______ bus.
A. to
B. in
C. by
D. for

Q8: Fathers don’t have ______ time for children.

A. a lot
B. much
C. pretty
D. many

Q9: ______ they go to Emman’s party yesterday?

A. Did
B. Does
C. Were
D. Do

Q10: Choose the sentence which has a similar meaning:

I'd rather die than go to that place.
A. I love to go there.
B. It's my favorite place.
C. It's ok to go to that place.
D. I hate that place.

Q11: This month, I ______ hard for a big exam.

A. works
B. to work
C. am working
D. worked

Q12: Neither Frank ________ Tom graduated this year.

A. so
B. either
C. nor
D. also

Q13: I haven't ______ Saud since he was on holiday.

A. met
B. meets
C. meet
D. meeting

81
Q14: Which of the following is correctly punctuated?
A. You don't know me well, do you?
B. You don't know me well, do you
C. You don't know me well do you?
D. You, don't know me well, do you

Q15: Why don’t you eat sweets that ________ by my father in Paris?
A. has bought
B. were bought
C. have bought
D. had bought

Q16: All the students study hard, but one of them studies ______ of all.
A. hardly
B. the hardest
C. as hard
D. harder

Q17: ______ you meet us at the airport tonight?

A. Ought
B. May
C. Couldn’t
D. Have

Q18: In which one of the following sentences is capitalization used correctly?

A. the Eiffel Tower is in paris, France named after Gustave Eiffel.
B. The Eiffel Tower is in paris, France named after gustave Eiffel.
C. The Eiffel Tower is in Paris, France named after Gustave Eiffel.
D. The Eiffel tower is in Paris, france named after Gustave Eiffel.

Q19: My mother and ________ will finish shopping and then take taxi.
A. me
B. myself
C. mine
D. I

Q20: If they ________ enough money, they would have built a villa.
A. have had
B. have
C. had had
D. had

Q21: I am interested ______ playing football.

A. in
B. by
C. for
D. is
🙌
82
Keep it up
Q22: Identify the incorrect underline word or words:
The course is good, but more hard than I thought.
A. is
B. but
C. more hard
D. thought

Q23: ________ I finish work, I will go home.

A. While
B. Where
C. Which
D. When

Q24: Does Ali ______ that the final exam is tomorrow.

A. known
B. knowing
C. know
D. is knowing

Q25: After I ______, I discovered that I forgot my keys at work.

A. had left
B. have leaved
C. Have left
D. leave

Q26: Choose the correct order to make the following sentence into a paragraph:
1- Unfortunately, I got stuck in the traffic jam for an hour.
2- But, the meeting had already finished before my call.
3- Yesterday, I had a very important meeting at the office.
4- I tried to call them to apologize for being late.
A. (3-1-2-4)
B. (3-1-4-2)
C. (4-2-3-1)
D. (1-3-4-2)

Q27: In my opinion, ________ money for expensive things is bad.

A. to spending
B. spending
C. spend
D. spent

Q28: The windows ______ broken yesterday.

A. were
B. was
C. are
D. is

83
Q29: The box ________ from recycled paper.
A. making
B. was made
C. make
D. made

Q30: We can add this phrase to which sentence?

My best friend is getting married, so she will need to _____
A. visit bridal stores.
B. eat more than usual.
C. go out with her friends more.
D. go to work everyday.

Q31: ______ you still working when you slept last night?
A. Were
B. Are
C. Was
D. Is

Q32: I don't ________ swim today.

A. think I
B. think I’m
C. thinking
D. think I will

Q33: Do you know Mohammad? Yes, he is ______ good person.

A. the
B. no article
C. a
D. an

Q34: Which of the following is correctly punctuated?

A. There's no room for error, said the engineer.
B. "There's no room for error," said the engineer.
C. There's no room for error, said the engineer
D. "There's no room for error, said the engineer.

Q35: Look! Ahmad is in a lot of pain. We ______ call the emergency.

A. will have
B. would have
C. must
D. could

🙌
84
Keep it up
Q36: If we ________the water, it evaporates.
A. heats
B. heat
C. heating
D. heated

Q37: The man ________ I met last night was happy.

A. which
B. who
C. whom
D. whose

Q38: In which one of the following sentences is capitalization used correctly?

A. Jack and Jane are visiting Egypt next December.
B. Jack and jane are visiting Egypt next december.
C. Jack and Jane are visiting egypt next December.
D. jack and jane are visiting Egypt next December.

Q39: Ali’s phone was broken, ________ he took it to the repair shop.
A. so
B. but
C. because
D. too

Q40: My father was born ______ June 22, 1988.

A. to
B. at
C. on
D. for

85
٢ ‫ﺣﻞ اﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
Q1: D. drive
Q2: C. speak
Q3: C. even though
Q4: C. himself
Q5: D. were / would
Q6: A. (1-4-2-3)
Q7: C. by
Q8: B. much
Q9: A. Did
Q10: D. I hate that place.
Q11: C. am working
Q12: C. nor
Q13: A. met
Q14: A. You don't know me well, do you?
Q15: B. were bought
Q16: B. the hardest
Q17: C. Couldn’t
Q18: C. The Eiffel Tower is in Paris, France named after Gustave Eiffel.
Q19: D. I
Q20: C. had had
Q21: A. in
Q22: C. more hard
Q23: D. When
Q24: C. know
Q25: A. had left
Q26: B. (3-1-4-2)
Q27: B. spending
Q28: A. were
Q29: B. was made
Q30: A. visit bridal stores.

🙌
86
Keep it up
Q31: A. Were
Q32: D. think I will
Q33: C. a
Q34: B. "There's no room for error," said the engineer.
Q35: C. must
Q36: B. heat
Q37: C. whom
Q38: A. Jack and Jane are visiting Egypt next December.
Q39: A. so
Q40: C. on

87